From e152ec7bf4ba252ff9d3eb13eabd417b931dac9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Iain Lane Date: Mon, 24 Sep 2018 09:29:55 +0100 Subject: Import Upstream version 1.12.2 --- docs/libnm-util/Makefile.am | 15 +- docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in | 22 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html | 266 ++++++------- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html | 134 +++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 280 +++++++------- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 46 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 18 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html | 58 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 66 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 34 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 26 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 152 ++++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 132 +++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 10 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 64 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 242 ++++++------ docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 190 +++++----- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 26 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html | 188 ++++----- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html | 26 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 46 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 18 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 14 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html | 58 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 88 ++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 18 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html | 122 +++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 140 +++---- .../libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 136 +++---- docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-util/html/index.html | 6 +- .../libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html | 6 +- .../html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html | 418 ++++++++++----------- docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html | 6 +- docs/libnm-util/html/style.css | 4 + docs/libnm-util/meson.build | 32 ++ docs/libnm-util/version.xml | 2 +- 41 files changed, 1605 insertions(+), 1576 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/libnm-util/meson.build (limited to 'docs/libnm-util') diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.am b/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.am index b1386e60..5b8d7260 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.am +++ b/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.am @@ -17,9 +17,6 @@ DOC_SOURCE_DIR= \ # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. SCAN_OPTIONS=--rebuild-types --rebuild-sections -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scangobj. -SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS=--type-init-func 'g_type_init();' - # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. MKDB_OPTIONS=--sgml-mode --output-format=xml @@ -33,7 +30,6 @@ CFILE_GLOB=$(top_srcdir)/libnm-util/*.c # Header files to ignore when scanning. IGNORE_HFILES= \ crypto.h \ - nm-setting-template.h \ nm-utils-private.h \ nm-setting-private.h \ nm-param-spec-specialized.h \ @@ -41,7 +37,7 @@ IGNORE_HFILES= \ nm-version.h # Images to copy into HTML directory. -HTML_IMAGES = +HTML_IMAGES = # Extra XML files that are included by $(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE). content_files = version.xml @@ -52,11 +48,10 @@ extra_files = # CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed # if $(DOC_MODULE).types is non-empty. -GTKDOC_CFLAGS = \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/libnm-util \ - -DNM_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED=NM_VERSION_NEXT_STABLE \ +GTKDOC_CFLAGS = \ + -I$(top_srcdir)/libnm-util \ -DNM_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED=NM_VERSION_0_9_8 \ - $(GLIB_CFLAGS) \ + $(GLIB_CFLAGS) \ $(DBUS_CFLAGS) GTKDOC_LIBS = \ @@ -68,7 +63,7 @@ GTKDOC_LIBS = \ # include common portion ... include $(top_srcdir)/gtk-doc.make -EXTRA_DIST += version.xml.in +EXTRA_DIST += version.xml.in meson.build CLEANFILES += \ libnm-util-sections.txt \ diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in index 6471f826..c24f6c68 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in +++ b/docs/libnm-util/Makefile.in @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ GENHTML = @GENHTML@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ GLIB_CFLAGS = @GLIB_CFLAGS@ -GLIB_GENMARSHAL = @GLIB_GENMARSHAL@ +GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES = @GLIB_COMPILE_RESOURCES@ GLIB_LIBS = @GLIB_LIBS@ GLIB_MAKEFILE = @GLIB_MAKEFILE@ GLIB_MKENUMS = @GLIB_MKENUMS@ @@ -263,14 +263,13 @@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBNDP_CFLAGS = @LIBNDP_CFLAGS@ LIBNDP_LIBS = @LIBNDP_LIBS@ -LIBNL_CFLAGS = @LIBNL_CFLAGS@ -LIBNL_LIBS = @LIBNL_LIBS@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBPSL_CFLAGS = @LIBPSL_CFLAGS@ LIBPSL_LIBS = @LIBPSL_LIBS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_CFLAGS@ LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS = @LIBSYSTEMD_LIBS@ +LIBSYSTEMD_NM_CFLAGS = @LIBSYSTEMD_NM_CFLAGS@ LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_CFLAGS@ LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS = @LIBTEAMDCTL_LIBS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ @@ -302,6 +301,7 @@ NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_BACKEND_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_LOGGING_BACKEND_TEXT NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_AUTH_POLKIT_TEXT = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_AUTH_POLKIT_TEXT@ NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_DHCP = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_DHCP@ NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_RC_MANAGER = @NM_CONFIG_DEFAULT_MAIN_RC_MANAGER@ +NM_DIST_VERSION = @NM_DIST_VERSION@ NM_LOG_COMPILER = @NM_LOG_COMPILER@ NM_MAJOR_VERSION = @NM_MAJOR_VERSION@ NM_MICRO_VERSION = @NM_MICRO_VERSION@ @@ -341,8 +341,11 @@ QT_LIBS = @QT_LIBS@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ READELF = @READELF@ READLINE_LIBS = @READLINE_LIBS@ -SANITIZERS = @SANITIZERS@ SANITIZER_ENV = @SANITIZER_ENV@ +SANITIZER_EXEC_CFLAGS = @SANITIZER_EXEC_CFLAGS@ +SANITIZER_EXEC_LDFLAGS = @SANITIZER_EXEC_LDFLAGS@ +SANITIZER_LIB_CFLAGS = @SANITIZER_LIB_CFLAGS@ +SANITIZER_LIB_LDFLAGS = @SANITIZER_LIB_LDFLAGS@ SED = @SED@ SELINUX_CFLAGS = @SELINUX_CFLAGS@ SELINUX_LIBS = @SELINUX_LIBS@ @@ -465,9 +468,6 @@ DOC_SOURCE_DIR = \ # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scan. SCAN_OPTIONS = --rebuild-types --rebuild-sections -# Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-scangobj. -SCANGOBJ_OPTIONS = --type-init-func 'g_type_init();' - # Extra options to supply to gtkdoc-mkdb. MKDB_OPTIONS = --sgml-mode --output-format=xml @@ -481,7 +481,6 @@ CFILE_GLOB = $(top_srcdir)/libnm-util/*.c # Header files to ignore when scanning. IGNORE_HFILES = \ crypto.h \ - nm-setting-template.h \ nm-utils-private.h \ nm-setting-private.h \ nm-param-spec-specialized.h \ @@ -501,10 +500,9 @@ extra_files = # CFLAGS and LDFLAGS for compiling scan program. Only needed # if $(DOC_MODULE).types is non-empty. GTKDOC_CFLAGS = \ - -I$(top_srcdir)/libnm-util \ - -DNM_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED=NM_VERSION_NEXT_STABLE \ + -I$(top_srcdir)/libnm-util \ -DNM_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED=NM_VERSION_0_9_8 \ - $(GLIB_CFLAGS) \ + $(GLIB_CFLAGS) \ $(DBUS_CFLAGS) GTKDOC_LIBS = \ @@ -534,7 +532,7 @@ SETUP_FILES = \ # include common portion ... -EXTRA_DIST = $(HTML_IMAGES) $(SETUP_FILES) version.xml.in +EXTRA_DIST = $(HTML_IMAGES) $(SETUP_FILES) version.xml.in meson.build DOC_STAMPS = setup-build.stamp scan-build.stamp sgml-build.stamp \ html-build.stamp pdf-build.stamp \ sgml.stamp html.stamp pdf.stamp diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html index 8cdf90b2..840f0842 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_connection_to_hash () @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ -GType +GType nm_connection_lookup_setting_type () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ -GType +GType nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark () @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * path Read / Write / Construct @@ -538,17 +538,17 @@ void changed -Run First +Run First void secrets-cleared -Run First +Run First void secrets-updated -Run First +Run First @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMConnection
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ parameters (MTU, SSID, APN, channel, rate, etc) and IP-level parameters

Functions

nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ nm_connection_new (void
 
nm_connection_new_from_hash ()

 
NMConnection *
-nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
-                             GError **error);

+nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
+                             GError **error);

Creates a new NMConnection from a hash table describing the connection. See nm_connection_to_hash() for a description of the expected hash table.

@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_connection_new_from_hash (

hash

-

the GHashTable describing +

the GHashTable describing the connection.

[element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable] @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ the connection.

Returns

the new NMConnection object, populated with settings created -from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to +from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to validate

@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ nm_connection_create_setting (const

Returns

-

the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown.

+

the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown.

[transfer full]

@@ -777,8 +777,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

nm_connection_remove_setting ()

void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);
-

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

Parameters

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ operation dereferences the

setting_type

-

the GType of the setting object to remove

+

the GType of the setting object to remove

  @@ -808,8 +808,8 @@ operation dereferences the

nm_connection_get_setting ()

NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);
-

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

Parameters

@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ to the

setting_type

-

the GType of the setting object to return

+

the GType of the setting object to return

  @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ to the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -880,10 +880,10 @@ added to the

nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GHashTable *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GHashTable *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

Parameters

@@ -900,12 +900,12 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings ( - + - + @@ -913,18 +913,18 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings (

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE +

TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE if they were not

nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection
                                (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMConnection *new_connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

Deep-copies the settings of new_conenction and replaces the settings of connection @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ with

 - + @@ -959,9 +959,9 @@ with

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE -if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection -is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify +

TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE +if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection +is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify at the end of the operation.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ at the end of the operation.

nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -1005,17 +1005,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -1059,16 +1059,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of

Returns

-

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GError **error);

Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Parameters

@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 - + @@ -1102,22 +1102,22 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

-

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

+

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1137,10 +1137,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

 - @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

- @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

Since: 1.0

@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

nm_connection_need_secrets ()

const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);
+ GPtrArray **hints);

Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1191,10 +1191,10 @@ secrets are needed.

 - @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

@@ -1273,16 +1273,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.

nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GHashTable *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GHashTable *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

Update the specified setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a hash of hashes, as would be returned from nm_connection_to_hash(). If setting_name - is NULL, expects + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_hash() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

@@ -1307,14 +1307,14 @@ will update all secrets from all settings contained in
- - + @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ string:

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ nm_connection_get_virtual_iface_name (NULL.

+connection types, this function will return NULL.

Parameters

new_settings

a GHashTable of settings.

a GHashTable of settings.

[element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  

parameters

a GHashTable with +

a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. +used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

[allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]

error

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  

hints

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

[out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]

secrets

a GHashTable mapping -string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name +

a GHashTable mapping +string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name .

[element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ connection types, this function will return

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ connection types, this function will return const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1442,14 +1442,14 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

Since: 1.0

nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
@@ -1482,8 +1482,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not

@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

@@ -1527,14 +1527,14 @@ at each invocation

nm_connection_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_connection_to_hash (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMSettingHashFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection,
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection,
 suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or serializing.  The hash table mapping
-is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing
+is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing
 a NMSetting object.  The keys are setting object names, and the values
-are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the
+are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the
 properties of the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1561,9 +1561,9 @@ properties of the 
 
Returns

 
a new
-GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's
+GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's
 properties.  The caller owns the hash table and must unref the hash table
-with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed. 

+with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed. 

 
[transfer full][element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
@@ -1594,9 +1594,9 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

nm_connection_lookup_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters
@@ -1614,16 +1614,16 @@ nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class

+

the GType of the setting's class

nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark
-                               (GQuark error_quark);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark.
+                               (GQuark error_quark);
+

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark. Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

Parameters

@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class

+

the GType of the setting's class

@@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (char * nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description (NMConnection *connection); -

Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would +

Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would return for the virtual device that would be created for connection . Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Returns

the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

[transfer full]

@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

Returns

-

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

Returns

-

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

Returns

-

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

Returns

-

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

Returns

-

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

Returns

-

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

Property Details

The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *
+
  “path”                     gchar *

The connection's D-Bus path, used only by the calling process as a record of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

The “changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

The ::changed signal is emitted when any property of any property (including secrets) of any setting of the connection is modified, or when settings are added or removed.

@@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

The “secrets-cleared” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

The ::secrets-cleared signal is emitted when the secrets of a connection are cleared.

@@ -2647,15 +2647,15 @@ are cleared.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “secrets-updated” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gchar        *setting_name,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gchar *setting_name, + gpointer user_data)

The ::secrets-updated signal is emitted when the secrets of a setting have been changed.

@@ -2686,11 +2686,11 @@ updated

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27
+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html index 40d06a36..18c00bfc 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_setting_to_hash () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_diff () @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_setting_need_secrets () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_update_secrets () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_get_secret_flags () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_set_secret_flags () @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * name Read / Write @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ ├── NMSettingError ├── NMSettingHashFlags ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags - GObject + GObject ╰── NMSetting ├── NMSetting8021x ├── NMSettingAdsl @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Functions

nm_setting_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSetting if necessary.

 

@@ -336,11 +336,11 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

 

 
 

@@ -384,9 +384,9 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (voidvoid
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+                         const GValue *value,
+                         GParamFlags flags,
+                         gpointer user_data);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -429,10 +429,10 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_setting_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_setting_to_hash (NMSetting *setting,
                     NMSettingHashFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property
+
Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property
 name to a GValue describing that property, suitable for marshalling over
 D-Bus or serializing.  The mapping is string to GValue.

 

@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ D-Bus or serializing.  The mapping is string to GValue.

 

 

 
Returns

-
a new GHashTable
+
a new GHashTable
 describing the setting's properties. 

 
[transfer full][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

@@ -468,8 +468,8 @@ describing the setting's properties. 

 

 
nm_setting_new_from_hash ()

 
NMSetting *
-nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
-                          GHashTable *hash);

+nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
+                          GHashTable *hash);

 
Creates a new NMSetting object and populates that object with the properties
 contained in the hash table, using each hash key as the property to set,
 and each hash value as the value to set that property to.  Setting properties
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ property names and value types.

 
 

-
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting. 

 

 
Returns

 
 a new NMSetting object populated with the properties from the
-hash table, or NULL on failure

+hash table, or NULL on failure

 

 
 

@@ -563,14 +563,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
-                   GSList *all_settings,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GSList *all_settings,
+                   GError **error);

 
Validates the setting.  Each setting's properties have allowed values, and
 some are dependent on other values (hence the need for all_settings
 ).  The
-returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
+returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -588,14 +588,14 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ came. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -645,18 +645,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

 
Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags
 for a description of each flag's behavior.  If the settings differ, the keys
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ one or more 
invert_results

 

+be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

 

 
 

@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied
 user function for each property.

 

@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a textual representation of the
 setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should
-free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

 

 
 

@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ leakage of information.

 
void
 nm_setting_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                      NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);
 
Clears and frees secrets determined by func
 .

 

@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_need_secrets ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_need_secrets (NMSetting *setting);

 
Returns an array of property names for each secret which may be required
 to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only intended as a
@@ -867,9 +867,9 @@ is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

 

 

 
Returns

-
a GPtrArray containing
+
a GPtrArray containing
 the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the
-caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not
+caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not
 free the elements. 

 
[transfer container][element-type utf8]

 

@@ -877,10 +877,10 @@ free the elements. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_update_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
-                           GHashTable *secrets,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GHashTable *secrets,
+                           GError **error);

 
Update the setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that
 setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

 

@@ -899,13 +899,13 @@ setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

 

-
+
-
+
@@ -913,18 +913,18 @@ string to 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to
+
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to
 update one or more of the secrets.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -961,18 +961,18 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1009,8 +1009,8 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ needs to use if specified in the settings.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not
+
 Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not
 support this feature

 

 
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W
 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the
 connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for
 example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

@@ -1399,6 +1399,6 @@ example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

 

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
index deed8ba9..9a90fe3e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+gchar *
 
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -611,24 +611,24 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -639,25 +639,25 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -669,13 +669,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -705,29 +705,29 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -739,23 +739,23 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
     ╰── NMSetting8021xError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
 
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ following books.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSetting8021x if necessary.

 

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);

 
Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i
 .

 

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
 not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 

 

@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);

+                                     guint32 i);

 
Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1259,12 +1259,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ of these properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1440,12 +1440,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property
 with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB
 scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate
 file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the CA certificate.

 

@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1521,14 +1521,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (
Returns

 
 the “subject-match” property. This is the
 substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication
-server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
+server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
 performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1624,8 +1624,8 @@ server is not verified.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ successfully added, void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -1810,12 +1810,12 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the client certificate.

 

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (
Returns

 
 the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with
 EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property.  Valid
-values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

 
 
 

@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel
 
Returns

 
 whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be
 used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the
-“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
+“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
 "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label).  See the
 wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 
@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ use 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2105,12 +2105,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA
 certificate file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 

@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2187,14 +2187,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match
 
Returns

 
 the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is
 the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2"
-authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
+authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
 is to be performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ connection

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ successfully added, void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2359,8 +2359,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ returned scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2479,13 +2479,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 

@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -2793,13 +2793,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “private-key-password” property with the given password
 .  If
-the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is set, and no
 internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private key is
@@ -2843,13 +2843,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file
 (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3054,14 +3054,14 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given
 password
-.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is
 set, and no internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private
@@ -3105,14 +3105,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private
 key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded;
-use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
+use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
 scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

 
Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Used as the
 unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled
 identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ allowed combinations.

 

 

 
The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *

+
  “identity”                 gchar *

 
Identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Often the user's user or
 login name.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
 property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-raw-flags” property

-
  “password-raw-flags”       guint

+
  “password-raw-flags”       guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password-raw” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

 
Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when
 FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property.
 Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated
@@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

 
Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation.  Some RADIUS
 servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with
 PEAPv1.  Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label.  See the
@@ -3715,7 +3715,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

 
Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in
 the “eap” property.  When unset, the version reported by
 the server will be used.  Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it
@@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when
 an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods
 when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the
 “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either
 uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this property
@@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@ private key by the 
 
The “phase2-private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

+
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ private key by the 
 
The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2"
 authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server
@@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint

+
  “pin-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ private key data.

 

 

 
The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the
 “private-key” property when the private key either uses the
 path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@ the private key by the 
 
The “private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “private-key-password-flags” guint

+
  “private-key-password-flags” guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “private-key-password”
 property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *

+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the
 authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

@@ -3950,8 +3950,8 @@ authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

-
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
+
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

+
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
 “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory
 specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch.  The
 certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in
@@ -3963,6 +3963,6 @@ addition to any certificates specified by the 
-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
index f5e7b91c..a361c4cc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingAdslError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 

@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ properties of ADSL connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_adsl_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingAdsl if necessary.

 

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (
 

 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (
 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

 
Encapsulation of ADSL connection.  Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *

+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

 
ADSL connection protocol.  Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint

+
  “vci”                      guint

 
VCI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint

+
  “vpi”                      guint

 
VPI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -639,6 +639,6 @@ required

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
index 48af1465..f6a2cbff 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+gchar *
 
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBluetoothError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Point (NAP) profiles.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBluetooth if necessary.

 

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr (NMSettingBluetooth *setting);

 
Gets the Bluetooth address of the remote device which this setting
 describes a connection to.

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal
 Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -348,6 +348,6 @@ Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
index 02adcc17..357ba0aa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBondError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ necessary for bond connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bond_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBond if necessary.

 

@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_interface_name (
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ using 
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -426,14 +426,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -472,14 +472,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
hash
the GHashTable containing a
+
the GHashTable containing a
 string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting. 

 [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
 

 
all_settings
a GSList of all settings
+
a GSList of all settings
 in the connection from which setting
 came. 

 [element-type NMSetting]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
this parameter is used internally by libnm-util and should
-be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.
 
 

 

 

 
secrets
a GHashTable mapping
-string to GValue of setting property names and secrets. 
a GHashTable mapping
+string to GValue of setting property names and secrets. 

 [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *anonymous-identity
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pac-file
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-raw-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-fast-provisioning
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peaplabel
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peapver
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-auth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-autheap
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 phase2-private-key-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 pin-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 private-key-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 system-ca-certs
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
  
 
  
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

   
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()
@@ -123,40 +123,40 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *encapsulation
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *protocol
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vci
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vpi
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_option ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_add_option ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

@@ -549,10 +549,10 @@ the name
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if the value
+
 TRUE, if the value
 is valid for the given name.
 If the name
-is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (
 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel bonding network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -807,6 +807,6 @@ must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters
 

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
index 04a527ca..7db1e6ec 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
-
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -159,17 +159,17 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgeError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 

@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ necessary for bridging connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridge if necessary.

 

@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_interface_name (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint

+
  “ageing-time”              guint

 
The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint

+
  “forward-delay”            guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint

+
  “hello-time”               guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel bridging network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint

+
  “max-age”                  guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge.  Lower
 values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root
 bridge.

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ bridge.

 

 

 
The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean

+
  “stp”                      gboolean

 
Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -670,6 +670,6 @@ bridge.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
index d7e8e0d3..e20dbf47 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgePortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ optional properties that apply to bridge ports.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridgePort if necessary.

 

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (
 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ is required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

 
Enables or disables "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
 be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 

 

 
The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint

+
  “path-cost”                guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this
 port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ port.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 63

@@ -377,6 +377,6 @@ port.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
index d2c67a2a..01eea4ed 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingCdmaError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ networks, including those using CDMA2000/EVDO technology.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_cdma_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingCdma if necessary.

 

@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ is missing in the connection

 
Property Details

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile
 broadband network, if any.  If not specified, the default number (777)
 is used when required.

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ is used when required.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

@@ -434,6 +434,6 @@ username is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
index 0f595283..9b3633b6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -292,30 +292,30 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ a 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

@@ -627,13 +627,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the “permissions”
@@ -661,9 +661,9 @@ property of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

-
+
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
+
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
 was invalid

 

 
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

@@ -772,14 +772,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
-FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
+FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

-
+
@@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if ptype
+
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if ptype
 or pitem
 was invalid or it the permission was already
 present in the list

@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ present in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the permission at index idx
  from the connection.

 

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ be a username. See 
detail

-

+
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ be a username. See 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ against setting
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
+
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
 

 

 

@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
 
nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);

+                                     guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 forward-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 hello-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 max-age
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 stp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()
@@ -94,17 +94,17 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hairpin-mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 path-cost
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()
@@ -246,30 +246,30 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 gateway-ping-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *master
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 read-only
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *slave-type
 Read / Write
 

 
guint64guint64
 timestamp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *uuid
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *zone
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
out_detail
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
 

 

 
detail
unused at this time; must be NULL. 
unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 
unused at this time; must be NULL. 
unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
 was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 
Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1167,14 +1167,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1361,10 +1361,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by
 NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available.
-TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
+TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
 intervention to activate the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

 

 

 
The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

 
If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the
 timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi"
 or "T-Mobile 3G".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not
 set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the
 appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *

+
  “master”                   gchar *

 
Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 
The “permissions” property

 
  “permissions”              GSList_gchararray_ *

 
An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this
-connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
+connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
 this connection.  Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection
 if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form
 "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1433,9 +1433,9 @@ use.  All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 
The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean

-
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
-service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
+
  “read-only”                gboolean

+
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
+service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
 connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1453,9 +1453,9 @@ supported.

 

 

 
The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *

+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

 
Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg,
-NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
+NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
 slave.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ slave.

 

 

 
The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64

+
  “timestamp”                guint64

 
The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last
 _successfully_ fully activated.

 
NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should
 contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie,
 "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

 

 

 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated
 with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and
 never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same
@@ -1506,9 +1506,9 @@ be generated by 
 
The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *

+
  “zone”                     gchar *

 
The trust level of a the connection.  Free form case-insensitive string
-(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
+(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
 the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the
 firewall.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1517,6 +1517,6 @@ firewall.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
index b4388962..e67c1a20 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
 
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingDcbError
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 

@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ of storage technologies like Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) and iSCSI.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_dcb_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingDcb if necessary.

 

@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -677,10 +677,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()
@@ -237,38 +237,38 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 app-fcoe-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *app-fcoe-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 app-fcoe-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 app-fip-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-fip-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 app-iscsi-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-iscsi-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 priority-flow-control-flags
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 priority-group-flags
 Read / Write
 

@@ -705,9 +705,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
+
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
 ,
-FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -717,8 +717,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean enabled);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ the 
 

-
+
@@ -780,9 +780,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
 

 

@@ -819,8 +819,8 @@ only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);

+                                      guint user_priority,
+                                      guint group_id);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -857,10 +857,10 @@ unrestricted group.

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -898,8 +898,8 @@ only valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id,
-                                guint bandwidth_percent);
+                                guint group_id,
+                                guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -935,9 +935,9 @@ to

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -974,8 +974,8 @@ These values are only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                       guint user_priority,
+                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1012,10 +1012,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1040,9 +1040,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if user_priority
+
 TRUE if user_priority
 may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its
-assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
+assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
 “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1053,8 +1053,8 @@ assigned group, or void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean strict);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean strict);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1078,9 +1078,9 @@ the 
 

-
+its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
@@ -1091,10 +1091,10 @@ its priority group, or 
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
strict
TRUE to allow user_priority
+
TRUE to allow user_priority
 to use all the bandwidth allocated to
-its priority group, or FALSE if not
 
 

 

@@ -1132,8 +1132,8 @@ valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                guint traffic_class);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                guint traffic_class);
 
 
 

@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ peer configuration advertisements

 
Property Details

 

 
The “app-fcoe-flags” property

-
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

+
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application.  Flags may
 be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

 
The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC
 (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “app-fip-flags” property

-
  “app-fip-flags”            guint

+
  “app-fip-flags”            guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application.  Flags may
 be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fip-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “app-iscsi-flags” property

-
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

+
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application.  Flags
 may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ may be any combination of 
 
The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1
 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ transmit pause) and 1 (transmit pause).

 

 

 
The “priority-flow-control-flags” property

-
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

+
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC).
 Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ sum of all values must total 100 percents.

 

 

 
The “priority-group-flags” property

-
  “priority-group-flags”     guint

+
  “priority-group-flags”     guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups.  Flags may be
 any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1517,6 +1517,6 @@ which the priority is mapped.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
index 7dd36c05..712b64ce 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
     ├── NMSettingGsmError
     ├── NMSettingGsmNetworkBand
     ╰── NMSettingGsmNetworkType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ networks, including those using GPRS/EDGE and UMTS/HSPA technology.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_gsm_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingGsm if necessary.

 

@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands has been deprecated since version 0.9.10 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ as the allowed frequency bands (
Property Details

 

 
The “allowed-bands” property

-
  “allowed-bands”            guint

+
  “allowed-bands”            guint

 
Bitfield of allowed frequency bands.  Note that not all devices allow
 frequency band control.  Permitted values are those specified by
 NMSettingGsmNetworkBand.

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ talking to ModemManager directly.

 

 

 
The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *

+
  “apn”                      gchar *

 
The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a
 data session with the GSM-based network.  The APN often determines how
 the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has
@@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM
 

 

 
The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean

-
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
+
  “home-only”                gboolean

+
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
 Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 

 

 
The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *

+
  “network-id”               gchar *

 
The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network
 registration.  If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will
 attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network.
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

 

 

 
The “network-type” property

-
  “network-type”             gint

+
  “network-type”             gint

 
Network preference to force the device to only use specific network
 technologies. The permitted values are NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_ANY,
 NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_UMTS_HSPA,
@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ by talking to ModemManager directly.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based
 mobile broadband network.  Many modems do not require PPP for connections
 to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other
 operations are requested.  Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the
 device.

@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint

+
  “pin-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

@@ -1100,6 +1100,6 @@ username is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
index 16213307..19689bdc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -570,33 +570,33 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
     ╰── NMIP4Route
     GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingIP4ConfigError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
 
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ properties related to IPv4 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP4Config if necessary.

 

@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip4_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_address_compare (NMIP4Address *address,
                         NMIP4Address *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP4Address objects contain the same values.

@@ -858,13 +858,13 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_address_get_address ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_address (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 address property of this address object.

 

@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_address (
nm_ip4_address_set_address ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_address (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 addr);

+                            guint32 addr);

 
Sets the IPv4 address property of this object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_address (
 
nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ object.

 
nm_ip4_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (NMIP4Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);

+                           guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv4 address prefix.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (
 
nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

 

@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (
nm_ip4_address_set_gateway ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_gateway (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 gateway);

+                            guint32 gateway);

 
Sets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip4_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_route_compare (NMIP4Route *route,
                       NMIP4Route *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP4Route objects contain the same values.

@@ -1146,13 +1146,13 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_dest (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

 

@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_dest (
nm_ip4_route_set_dest ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_dest (NMIP4Route *route,
-                       guint32 dest);

+                       guint32 dest);

 
Sets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_dest (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip4_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);

+                         guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv4 prefix of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

 

@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (
nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route,
-                           guint32 next_hop);

+                           guint32 next_hop);

 
Sets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_metric (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_metric (
nm_ip4_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_metric (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);

+                         guint32 metric);

 
Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

 

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_method (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1440,9 +1440,9 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);

+                               guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingGenericError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ the "connection type" setting on 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_generic_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingGeneric if necessary.

 

@@ -186,6 +186,6 @@ is required

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
index ab6850b8..e4b248aa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()
@@ -152,63 +152,63 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 allowed-bands
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *apn
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 home-only
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-id
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 network-type
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 pin-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_compare ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_address ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_compare ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -537,23 +537,23 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-client-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 dhcp-send-hostname
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 dhcp-timeout
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *method
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gint64gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -1475,9 +1475,9 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 dns);

+                               guint32 dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ known

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);
 
Removes the DNS server at index i
 .

 

@@ -1541,10 +1541,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 dns);

+                                guint32 dns);

 
Removes the DNS server dns
 .

 

@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.
 domain was already known

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 
 
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ domain was already known

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Removes the DNS search domain at index i
 .

 

@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address ()

 
NMIP4Address *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);

+                                   guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                    NMIP4Address *address);

 
Adds a new IPv4 address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 
@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ known.

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);
 
Removes the address at index i
 .

 

@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Address *address);

@@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_addresses (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route ()

 
NMIP4Route *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);

+                                 guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                  NMIP4Route *route);

 
Adds a new IPv4 route and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 
 

@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);
 
Removes the route at index i
 .

 

@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Route *route);

@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
@@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -2210,14 +2210,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
 should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ addresses via DHCP.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
 DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically
 update DNS information for this machine.

 

@@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ fails or zero for "default".

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -2384,14 +2384,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
 for IPv4 addressing

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete
 for the connection to succeed.

 

 
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ either automatic or disabled with these methods.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

 
A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the
 DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2632,8 +2632,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2641,19 +2641,19 @@ specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

-
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
+
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

+
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially
 providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
 “dhcp-hostname” property is empty and this property is
-TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

+
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

 
Number of seconds after which the unfinished DHCP transaction fails
 or zero for default.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2685,8 +2685,8 @@ are used as the only search domains for this connection.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

-
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
 automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and
 only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
@@ -2697,8 +2697,8 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

-
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
 automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in
 the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2707,11 +2707,11 @@ the 
 

 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4
 configuration times out.  Note that at least one IP configuration must
 succeed or overall network configuration will still fail.  For example,
-in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
+in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
 network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6
 configuration completes successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IPv4 configuration method.  If "auto" is specified then the appropriate
 automatic method (DHCP, PPP, etc) is used for the interface and most
 other properties can be left unset.  If "link-local" is specified, then a
@@ -2739,8 +2739,8 @@ This property must be set.

 

 

 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection,
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection,
 meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
 The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically
 based on the device type.
@@ -2779,6 +2779,6 @@ methods because there is no upstream network.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
index 3d11d842..37bd170d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -533,38 +533,38 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@
     GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigError
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
 
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ properties related to IPv6 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP6Config if necessary.

 

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip6_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_address_compare (NMIP6Address *address,
                         NMIP6Address *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP6Address objects contain the same values.

@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_address (
 
nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (NMIP6Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv6 address prefix property of this address object.

 

@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (
nm_ip6_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_address_set_prefix (NMIP6Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);

+                           guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv6 address prefix.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip6_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_route_compare (NMIP6Route *route,
                       NMIP6Route *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP6Route objects contain the same values.

@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_dest (
 
nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (NMIP6Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv6 prefix (ie "32" or "64" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip6_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_route_set_prefix (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);

+                         guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv6 prefix of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_next_hop (
 
nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_metric (NMIP6Route *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_metric (
nm_ip6_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_route_set_metric (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);

+                         guint32 metric);

 
Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

 

@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_method (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns ()

 
const struct in6_addr *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);

+                               guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip6_address_compare ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_compare ()
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 ip6-privacy
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *method
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gint64gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                const struct in6_addr *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ known

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);
 
Removes the DNS server at index i
 .

 

@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const struct in6_addr *dns);

@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 
 
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ domain was already known

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Removes the DNS search domain at index i
 .

 

@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address ()

 
NMIP6Address *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);

+                                   guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                    NMIP6Address *address);

 
Adds a new IPv6 address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ known.

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);
 
Removes the address at index i
 .

 

@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Address *address);

@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_addresses (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route ()

 
NMIP6Route *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);

+                                 guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                  NMIP6Route *route);

 
Adds a new IPv6 route and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 
 

@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);
 
Removes the route at index i
 .

 

@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Route *route);

@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -2150,14 +2150,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router
 advertisements) DNS information should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -2267,14 +2267,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
 for IPv6 addressing

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete
 for the connection to succeed.

 

 
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ assigned an address with these methods.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

 
The specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a
 lease.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2615,9 +2615,9 @@ the only search domains for this connection.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

 
When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to
-TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
+TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
 ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
 any, are used.

@@ -2627,9 +2627,9 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

 
When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to
-TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
+TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
 specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ specified in the 
 
The “ip6-privacy” property

-
  “ip6-privacy”              gint

+
  “ip6-privacy”              gint

 
Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941.  If
 enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in
 addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified
@@ -2652,11 +2652,11 @@ addresses).

 

 

 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6
 configuration times out.  Note that at least one IP configuration must
 succeed or overall network configuration will still fail.  For example,
-in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
+in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
 network configuration to succeed if IPv6 configuration fails but IPv4
 configuration completes successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IPv6 configuration method.  If "auto" is specified then the appropriate
 automatic method (PPP, router advertisement, etc) is used for the device
 and most other properties can be left unset.  To force the use of DHCP
@@ -2682,8 +2682,8 @@ yet supported.

 

 

 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection,
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection,
 meaning it will never be assigned the default IPv6 route by
 NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
 The default value -1 means that the metric is chosen automatically
 based on the device type.
@@ -2723,6 +2723,6 @@ automatic configuration.  Routes cannot be used with the "shared" or
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
index 9b44b162..a8d2a6f1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingInfinibandError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 

@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ necessary for connection to IP-over-InfiniBand networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingInfiniband if necessary.

 

@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (
 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint

+
  “p-key”                    gint

 
The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use
 the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0").  Otherwise it is a 16-bit
 unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership"
@@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ P_Key.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

-
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
 but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must
 specify the base device by setting either this property or
 “mac-address”.

@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 
The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

 
The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or
 "connected".

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -492,6 +492,6 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
index 99ed57fb..ba98f3ee 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
+
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingOlpcMeshError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -179,19 +179,19 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
                                (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -294,6 +294,6 @@ answers the request.

 

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
index 28b67ce9..284bb6aa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPP
 

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ cable and DSL modems and some mobile broadband devices.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ppp_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPP if necessary.

 

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ with other setting configuration parameters

 
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified
 baudrate.  This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically
 choose the speed.

@@ -1079,17 +1079,17 @@ choose the speed.

 

 

 
The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

-
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
+
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

+
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
 flow control with RTS and CTS signals.  This value should normally be set
-to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has
 failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the
 peer.  The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ value if this property is used.

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer
 every n seconds (where n is the specified value).  Note that some PPP
 peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not
@@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

 

 

 
The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
+
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
 information on stateful MPPE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

 

 

 
The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint

+
  “mru”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no
 larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 128 and 16384.

@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified
 size.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1140,82 +1140,82 @@ size.

 

 

 
The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
-authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
-from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
+authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
+from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

-
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

+
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

-
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for
+
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

+
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be required for
 the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the
 session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband
 connections.

@@ -1225,16 +1225,16 @@ connections.

 

 

 
The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

-
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be
+
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

+
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption) will be
 required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also
-be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
index 7d9600bc..c29c9c0b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPOEError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPPOE
 

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ to provide IP transport, for example cable or DSL modems.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPPOE if necessary.

 

@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 
Property Details

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 

 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access
 concentrators that provide the specified service.  For most providers,
 this should be left blank.  It is only required if there are multiple
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -432,6 +432,6 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
index 0942e0bc..575e81c5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ serial communications

 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ serial communications

 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 

@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ such as mobile broadband or analog telephone connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_serial_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingSerial if necessary.

 

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ setting requires the connection to contain an 
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
Speed to use for communication over the serial port.  Note that this
 value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally
 ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint

+
  “bits”                     guint

 
Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “parity” property

-
  “parity”                   gchar

+
  “parity”                   gchar

 
Parity setting of the serial port.  Either 'E' for even parity, 'o' for
 odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 

 

 
The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64

+
  “send-delay”               guint64

 
Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 

 

 
The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint

+
  “stopbits”                 guint

 
Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port.  Either 1 or 2.
 The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -492,6 +492,6 @@ The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
index 704ab2d5..83067afa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ necessary for team connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_team_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeam if necessary.

 

@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team network interface.  The property
 should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because
 the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ configuration is used.  See man teamd.conf for the format details.

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel team network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -314,6 +314,6 @@ configuration is used.  See man teamd.conf for the format details.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
index f2263b38..6045356b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamPortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ optional properties that apply to team ports.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_port_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeamPort if necessary.

 

@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ is required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw
 JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed
 directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is
@@ -255,6 +255,6 @@ used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
index 55e75ece..25482193 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -194,13 +194,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingVpnError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVPN
 

@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ properties.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingVPN if necessary.

 

@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void<
 
void
 (*NMVPNIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()
@@ -113,24 +113,24 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 p-key
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *transport-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()
@@ -215,92 +215,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 crtscts
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-failure
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-interval
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 mppe-stateful
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mru
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 no-vj-comp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 noauth
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nobsdcomp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nodeflate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-chap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-eap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschapv2
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-pap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe-128
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *service
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()
@@ -111,27 +111,27 @@ serial communications

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 bits
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gchargchar
 parity
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guint64guint64
 send-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 stopbits
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_team_error_quark ()
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *config
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 

 
-gchar *config
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 persistent
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *service-type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *user-name
 Read / Write
 

@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (
 
nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (
 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -546,8 +546,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                   NMVPNIterFunc func,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Iterates all data items stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify data items inside func
 , though any additions or removals made
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -724,8 +724,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                NMVPNIterFunc func,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates all secrets stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify secrets inside func
 , though any additions or removals made during
@@ -863,8 +863,8 @@ values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean

-
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
+
  “persistent”               gboolean

+
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
 the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages,
 until explicitly disconnected.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *

+
  “service-type”             gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to
 its network.  i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc
 plugin.

@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ plugin.

 

 

 
The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *

+
  “user-name”                gchar *

 
If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name
 should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one
 user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then
@@ -904,6 +904,6 @@ VPN connection.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
index 1a691951..e60bca5c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -187,13 +187,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
     ├── NMSettingVlanError
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVlan
 
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ necessary for connection to VLAN interfaces.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vlan_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingVlan if necessary.

 

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -443,12 +443,12 @@ properties of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

 
Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map”
 or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

 

@@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

 
Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or
 “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from
  is
@@ -553,8 +553,8 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ list, void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);

+                                 guint32 idx);

 
Removes the priority map at index idx
  from the
 “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map”
@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ properties.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

 
Removes the priority map form
 :to
  from the “ingress_priority_map”
@@ -647,14 +647,14 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (
 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -767,8 +767,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
-overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
+overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

 

 

 
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

 

 

 
The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint

+
  “flags”                    guint

 
One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN
 interface.  Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (reordering of
 output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (use of the GVRP protocol),
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ protocol).

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should
 be assigned.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
If given, specifies the kernel name of the VLAN interface. If not given,
 a default name will be constructed from the interface described by the
 parent interface and the “id” property, eg "eth2.1". The
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ the 
 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
@@ -1023,6 +1023,6 @@ with a 
 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
index 7c533417..02d4aaa3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+gchar *
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWimaxError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 

@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ connections cannot be activated.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wimax_error_quark (void);

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ specific WiMAX network this setting describes a connection to.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (NMSettingWimax *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *

+
  “network-name”             gchar *

 
Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection
 should use.

 

@@ -339,6 +339,6 @@ should use.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
index 632547e6..eb104704 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
+
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -265,19 +265,19 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWiredError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 

@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ necessary for connection to Ethernet networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wired_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

 

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (
 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ property of the setting. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()
@@ -170,12 +170,12 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 flags
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *network-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()
@@ -81,28 +81,28 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-negotiate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *duplex
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *port
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *s390-nettype
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 speed
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Return the list of s390 subchannels that identify the device that this
 connection is applicable to.  The connection should only be used in
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ conjunction with that device.

 

 

 
Returns

-
GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one
+
GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one
 subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
@@ -898,9 +898,9 @@ option individually using 
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -945,8 +945,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -984,14 +984,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1028,14 +1028,14 @@ may already exist.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
 
 

 
Returns

-
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

+
a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
-FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
+
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
+FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
 "duplex" properties should be set.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *

+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode.
 Either "half" or "full".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *

+
  “port”                     gchar *

 
Specific port type to use if the device supports multiple
 attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit
 Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface).
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 

 

 
The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

 
s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing
 the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ period (.) character.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed.  In
 Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1328,6 +1328,6 @@ Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
index 3a0e8fa1..e75687c1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
+gchar *
 
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -293,28 +293,28 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
 
Object Hierarchy

 
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 

@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ necessary for connection to 802.11 Wi-Fi networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWireless if necessary.

 

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()
@@ -103,28 +103,28 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *band
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hidden
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 powersave
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 rate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *security
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 tx-power
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1036,14 +1036,14 @@ not be preserved.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if bssid
-was already known, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if bssid
+was already known, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1163,8 +1163,8 @@ capabilities

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
-security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
+security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
 

@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ for this connection.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *

+
  “band”                     gchar *

 
802.11 frequency band of the network.  One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or
 "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11.  This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network
 to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

 

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection.  The device will only
 join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified
 channel.  Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property
@@ -1426,8 +1426,8 @@ of its permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
+
  “hidden”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
 its SSID.  In this case various workarounds may take place, such as
 probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery.  However,
 these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks,
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap".  If blank,
 infrastructure is assumed.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint

-
If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to
-TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are
+
  “powersave”                guint

+
If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to
+TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are
 reserved.  Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the
 property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

 

 

 
The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint

+
  “rate”                     guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for
 communication with the access point.  Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5
 Mbit/s.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

 

 

 
The “security” property

-
  “security”                 gchar *

+
  “security”                 gchar *

 
If the wireless connection has any security restrictions, like 802.1x,
 WEP, or WPA, set this property to
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME and ensure the connection
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ preserved.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint

+
  “tx-power”                 guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power.
 Units are dBm.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all
 devices support setting a static transmit power.

@@ -1543,6 +1543,6 @@ devices support setting a static transmit power.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
index 59ae2c6c..a0d9593e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

+gchar *
 
@@ -315,24 +315,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -350,51 +350,51 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityError
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ of how Wi-Fi security works, you may want to get copies of the following books.<
 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark
                                (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
s_wireless_sec
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gchar *auth-alg
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *key-mgmt
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *leap-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 leap-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *leap-username
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *psk
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 psk-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-key-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-key-type
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key0
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key1
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key2
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key3
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-tx-keyidx
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ with the access point.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
-protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+
 TRUE if the protocol was new and was added to the allowed
+protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

 

 
 

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ protocol list, or void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

 
Sets a WEP key in the given index.

 

@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

 
When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the
 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here.  One of "open"
 for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP.  When
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

 
Key management used for the connection.  One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x"
 (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure
 WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise).  This property must be set for
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *

+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

 
The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password-flags” property

-
  “leap-password-flags”      guint

+
  “leap-password-flags”      guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the
 “leap-password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *

+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

 
The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

 

 

 
The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *

+
  “psk”                      gchar *

 
Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks.  If the key is 64-characters long, it
 must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a
 hexadecimal WPA key.  Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ connecting to the Wi-Fi network.

 

 

 
The “psk-flags” property

-
  “psk-flags”                guint

+
  “psk-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “psk”
 property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “wep-key-flags” property

-
  “wep-key-flags”            guint

+
  “wep-key-flags”            guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “wep-key0”,
 “wep-key1”, “wep-key2”,
 and “wep-key3” properties.

@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ and 
 
The “wep-key-type” property

-
  “wep-key-type”             guint

+
  “wep-key-type”             guint

 
Controls the interpretation of WEP keys.  Allowed values are
 NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY, in which case the key is either a 10- or
 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password;
@@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

 
Index 0 WEP key.  This is the WEP key used in most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

 
Index 1 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

 
Index 2 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

 
Index 3 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

 
When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key
 index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here.  Valid values are 0
 (default key) through 3.  Note that some consumer access points (like the
@@ -1898,6 +1898,6 @@ Linksys WRT54G) number the keys 1 - 4.

 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html
index c0e5c4f8..56acb5bc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -64,6 +64,6 @@
 
Don't free data after the code is done.

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
index c9bc5b2d..03682c8a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -97,43 +97,43 @@ DBUS_TYPE_NM_IP_ROUTES, macro in nm-dbus-glib-types
 

 
G

 

-g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 
M

@@ -5335,6 +5335,6 @@ DBUS_TYPE_NM_IP_ROUTES, macro in nm-dbus-glib-types
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html
index 169ef3f7..8b659f9d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -122,6 +122,6 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
index e8be13c8..dc458a8b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 

 

-      for libnm-util 1.10.8
+      for libnm-util 1.12.2
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-util/stable/.
@@ -152,6 +152,6 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability
 

 

 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28

 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html
index 14cad274..065ca91b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@
 

 
enum NMDeviceType

 
NMDeviceType values indicate the type of hardware represented by
-an NMDevice.

+an NMDevice.

 

 
Members

 

@@ -1886,6 +1886,6 @@ network.

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html
index a4d82377..a12d4feb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -944,6 +944,6 @@
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
index fafbbeb7..44e801b4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
-
+

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_init ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_same_ssid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_security_valid ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 

 

 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

 

 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
 

 

 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 

 

 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 

 

 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 

 

 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
 

 

 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) ()
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
 

 

 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_uuid ()
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
@@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_utils_init ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_init (GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_init (GError **error);

 
Initializes libnm-util; should be called when starting any program that
 uses libnm-util.  This function can be called more than once.

 

@@ -512,14 +512,14 @@ uses libnm-util.  This function can be called more than once.

 
 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

+
 TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

 

 

 

@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@ does not have any effect, and does not ever need to be called.

 

 

 
nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
                         int len);

 
Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the
 AP's SSID.  This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a
@@ -564,15 +564,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      guint32 len);

+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                      guint32 len);

This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal representation of that character. Intended for debugging only, should not @@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
-                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
+                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal, but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings) @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

ignore_trailing_null

-

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

+

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  @@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);
+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);

Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings. Thus, an SSID may contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters. Often it is useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the @@ -693,17 +693,17 @@ _only_.

Returns

an allocated string containing a UTF-8 -representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). -Returns NULL on errors.

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). +Returns NULL on errors.

[transfer full]

nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()

-
GHashTable *
-nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);
-

Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

+
GHashTable *
+nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);
+

Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

Parameters

@@ -714,15 +714,15 @@ nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (

hash

- +

a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

  

Returns

-

a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the -returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy().

+

a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the +returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy().

[transfer container][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

@@ -730,13 +730,13 @@ returned hash with

nm_utils_slist_free ()

void
-nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list,
-                     GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);
+nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list, + GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);

nm_utils_slist_free is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

-

use g_slist_free_full().

+

use g_slist_free_full().

-

Utility function to free a GSList.

+

Utility function to free a GSList.

[skip]

Parameters

@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (

list

-

a GSList

+

a GSList

  @@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (

nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -834,15 +834,15 @@ e.g. (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
 compatible with the desired type
-, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -874,16 +874,16 @@ e.g. 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
 type
-, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
@@ -912,15 +912,15 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not

Since: 0.9.8

nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -941,20 +941,20 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

Since: 0.9.8

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, -and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects. The specific format of -this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be +and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects. The specific format of +this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be extended in the future.

Parameters

@@ -966,14 +966,14 @@ extended in the future.

value

-

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

+

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

 

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Address]

@@ -981,10 +981,10 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a -GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 +nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a +GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, and prefix). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1004,9 +1004,9 @@ extended in the future.

value

-

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  @@ -1016,11 +1016,11 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, -prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects. The specific +prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1033,14 +1033,14 @@ extended in the future.

value

-

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

+

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

 

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Route]

@@ -1048,10 +1048,10 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a -GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 +nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a +GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, prefix, and metric). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1071,9 +1071,9 @@ be extended in the future.

value

-

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  @@ -1083,8 +1083,8 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

Parameters

@@ -1108,8 +1108,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (

nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

Parameters

@@ -1133,8 +1133,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (

nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C. This function will return a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it @@ -1162,12 +1162,12 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32 +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address, -prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects. The specific format of -this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be +prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects. The specific format of +this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be extended in the future.

Parameters

@@ -1179,14 +1179,14 @@ extended in the future.

 - +

value

gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

  

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Address]

@@ -1194,10 +1194,10 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a -GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a +GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address, prefix, and gateway). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1217,9 +1217,9 @@ future.

value

-

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  @@ -1229,12 +1229,12 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, -(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, +(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric) -into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects. The specific format of this serialization +into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

@@ -1246,15 +1246,15 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

value

-

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, -(GArray of guchars), and guint32

+

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, +(GArray of guchars), and guint32

 

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Route]

@@ -1262,10 +1262,10 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of -GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32 +nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of +GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1285,9 +1285,9 @@ guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

value

-

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  @@ -1297,10 +1297,10 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as -GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as +GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

[skip]

Parameters

@@ -1312,24 +1312,24 @@ nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const

value

-

a GValue

+

a GValue

 

Returns

-

a GSList of IP6 addresses.

+

a GSList of IP6 addresses.

nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                            GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of struct -in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays +nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of struct +in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays representing each server's IPv6 addresses in network byte order. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1350,9 +1350,9 @@ stable and may be extended in the future.

value

-

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

Returns

a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

@@ -1401,11 +1401,11 @@ object's

nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
                           const char *in_password,
                           char **out_password,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GError **error);

Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

out_password

if in_password -was NULL, a random password will be generated +was NULL, a random password will be generated and returned in this argument.

[out][allow-none] @@ -1453,11 +1453,11 @@ certificate/private key file.

nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
                               const char *in_password,
                               char **out_password,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GError **error);

Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format suitable for writing to a file. It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

out_password

if in_password -was NULL, a random password will be generated +was NULL, a random password will be generated and returned in this argument.

[out][allow-none] @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ certificate/private key file.

nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Utility function to find out if the filename
  is in PKCS#12 format.

@@ -1526,15 +1526,15 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);
@@ -1543,10 +1543,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

@@ -1573,16 +1573,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

paths

-

a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

[allow-none]

file_test_flags

-

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

+. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

  @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ function.

error

-

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

+

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

[allow-none] @@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ function.

Returns

-

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

[transfer none]

@@ -1620,8 +1620,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.

nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

Parameters

@@ -1646,8 +1646,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

@@ -1682,8 +1682,8 @@ is invalid

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1722,8 +1722,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (
 
nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 

 

@@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ a length; but you can just use 
 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
                       int type);

 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

@@ -1862,12 +1862,12 @@ a type.

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
                        int type);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char
 
 

 
Returns

-
a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
+
a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
 couldn't
 be parsed. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -1902,15 +1902,15 @@ be parsed. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
                       int type,
-                      gpointer buffer);

+                      gpointer buffer);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 . See
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba() if you'd rather have the result in a
-GByteArray.

+GByteArray.

 
See also nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len(), which takes an output length
 instead of a type.

 

@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ instead of a type.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed

 

 

@@ -1952,8 +1952,8 @@ couldn't be parsed

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
-                          gsize length);

+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
+                          gsize length);
 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

 

@@ -1990,10 +1990,10 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (
 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len (const char *asc,
-                          gpointer buffer,
-                          gsize length);

+                          gpointer buffer,
+                          gsize length);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 .
@@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed
 or would be shorter or longer than length
 .

@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of some type.

@@ -2061,9 +2061,9 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if asc
+
 TRUE if asc
 appears to be a valid hardware address
-of some type, FALSE if not.

+of some type, FALSE if not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

 

 

 
Returns

-
a array of bytes, or NULL on error. 

+
a array of bytes, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

 

 

 
nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

 
This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.

@@ -2207,14 +2207,14 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

+
 TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_is_uuid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

 
Checks if str
  is a UUID

@@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if str
-is a UUID, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if str
+is a UUID, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t
dst

 
Returns

 
 the input buffer dst
 , or a pointer to an
-internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
+internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
 ,
 otherwise, this function cannot fail.

 
@@ -2339,10 +2339,10 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.

 

 

 
nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);

+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);

 
Determines if a connection of type virtual_type
  can (in the
 general case) work with connections of type other_type
@@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty
 then this checks if other_type
  is a valid type for a slave of that
 master.

-
Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
+
Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
 every connection of type other_type
  is
 compatible with virtual_type
@@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ underlying device driver.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -2498,6 +2498,6 @@ for both 
 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
index edb04e5e..9b0102f4 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 

 Object Hierarchy

 
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -103,6 +103,6 @@
 

 
 

-
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.27

+
Generated by GTK-Doc V1.28
 
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/style.css b/docs/libnm-util/html/style.css
index 36754209..4be4ede1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/style.css
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/style.css
@@ -30,6 +30,10 @@ body
   vertical-align: top;
 }
 
+span.nowrap {
+  white-space: nowrap;
+}
+
 div.gallery-float
 {
   float: left;
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/meson.build b/docs/libnm-util/meson.build
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b06baf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/meson.build
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+doc_module = libnm_util_name
+
+private_headers = [
+  'crypto.h',
+  'nm-utils-private.h',
+  'nm-setting-private.h',
+  'nm-param-spec-specialized.h',
+  'nm-test-utils.h',
+  'nm-version.h'
+]
+
+configure_file(
+  input: version_xml + '.in',
+  output: version_xml,
+  configuration: version_conf
+)
+
+gnome.gtkdoc(
+  doc_module,
+  main_xml: doc_module + '-docs.sgml',
+  src_dir: libnm_util_inc,
+  dependencies: libnm_util_dep,
+  scan_args: [
+    '--rebuild-types',
+    '--rebuild-sections',
+    '--ignore-headers=' + ' '.join(private_headers)
+  ],
+  scanobjs_args: '--type-init-func="g_type_init();"',
+  fixxref_args: '--html-dir=' + join_paths(nm_prefix, gnome.gtkdoc_html_dir(doc_module)),
+  gobject_typesfile: doc_module + '.types',
+  install: true
+)
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
index 3cc3669f..6b89d58f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.10.8
+1.12.2
-- 
cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5


the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct
 
dst

 
the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.